1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
94 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
96 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section (void)
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
140 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
144 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
232 unsigned funcdef_number
;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
234 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
261 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
262 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
265 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
266 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
268 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
269 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
272 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
274 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
275 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
276 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
278 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
279 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
280 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
281 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
283 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
287 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
288 information for each routine. */
289 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
291 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
292 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
294 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
295 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
297 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
299 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
301 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
302 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
304 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
305 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
306 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
307 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
308 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
309 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
312 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
315 unsigned int refcount
;
320 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
322 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
323 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
325 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
327 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
329 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
330 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
331 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
332 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
333 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
334 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
335 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
336 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, long);
337 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
338 static long stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
339 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
340 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
341 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
342 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, long);
343 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
344 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
345 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
347 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
348 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
349 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
350 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
351 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
353 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
355 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
356 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
357 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
360 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
361 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
362 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
364 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
365 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
368 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
369 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
372 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
373 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
376 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
377 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
378 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
379 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
380 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
381 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
382 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
383 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
384 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
385 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
386 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
388 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
389 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
391 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
393 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
395 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
399 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
400 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
401 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
402 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
405 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
406 for the current function. */
407 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
408 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
411 /* Hook used by __throw. */
414 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
416 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
419 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
420 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
423 stripattributes (const char *s
)
425 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
430 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
437 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
440 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
443 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
444 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
445 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
446 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
448 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
449 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
451 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
452 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
455 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
456 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
457 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
459 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
461 wrote_return_column
= true;
463 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
467 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
469 if (! wrote_return_column
)
471 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
472 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
473 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
474 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
478 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
481 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
485 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
486 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
488 return "DW_CFA_offset";
490 return "DW_CFA_restore";
494 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
495 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
496 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
497 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
498 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
499 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
500 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
501 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
502 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
503 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
504 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
505 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
506 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
507 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
508 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
509 case DW_CFA_register
:
510 return "DW_CFA_register";
511 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
512 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
513 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
514 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
516 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
518 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
519 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
520 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
523 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
524 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
525 case DW_CFA_expression
:
526 return "DW_CFA_expression";
527 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
528 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
529 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
530 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
531 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
532 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
534 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
535 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
536 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
539 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
540 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
541 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
542 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
543 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
544 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
547 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
551 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
553 static inline dw_cfi_ref
556 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
558 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
559 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
560 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
565 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
568 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
572 /* Find the end of the chain. */
573 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
579 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
582 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
584 static char label
[20];
586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
587 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
591 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
592 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
595 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
599 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
602 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
604 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
605 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
609 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
611 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
613 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
614 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
615 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
618 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
622 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
625 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
628 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
630 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
632 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
633 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
635 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
636 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
639 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
640 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
642 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
643 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
650 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
653 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
657 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
660 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
662 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
663 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
665 if (fde_table_in_use
)
667 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
668 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
669 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
673 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
674 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
676 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
678 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
680 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
681 static long args_size
;
683 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
684 static long old_args_size
;
686 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
687 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
688 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
691 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
698 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
701 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
702 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
705 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
708 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
713 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
714 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
716 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
717 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
719 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
720 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
721 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
722 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
727 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
729 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
730 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
732 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
733 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
736 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
737 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
740 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
741 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
742 offset has not changed. */
743 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
744 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
748 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
750 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
751 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
752 the specified offset. */
753 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
755 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
759 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
760 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
761 register-offset pair is available. */
762 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
764 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
765 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
766 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
769 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
772 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
773 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
774 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
775 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
778 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, long int offset
)
780 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
784 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
785 the value isn't a register number. */
786 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
789 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
795 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
797 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
798 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
799 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
801 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
803 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
807 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
809 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
813 else if (sreg
== reg
)
814 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
819 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
822 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
825 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
826 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
827 from the previous frame's window save area.
829 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
830 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
833 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
835 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
837 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
838 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
841 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
842 pushed onto the stack. */
845 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, long int size
)
849 if (size
== old_args_size
)
852 old_args_size
= size
;
855 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
856 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
857 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
860 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
861 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
864 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
866 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
869 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
870 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
873 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, long int offset
)
875 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
878 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
879 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
882 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
884 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
887 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
888 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
891 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
893 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
894 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
896 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
899 /* RA is in a register. */
900 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
904 /* RA is on the stack. */
906 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
909 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
915 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
917 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
921 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
923 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
933 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
934 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
935 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
936 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
938 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
945 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
948 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
952 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
954 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
955 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
956 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
959 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
961 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
962 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
963 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
964 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
965 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
968 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
972 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
974 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
975 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
976 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
982 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
984 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
985 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
986 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
987 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
989 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
996 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
998 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1005 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1007 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1022 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1023 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1024 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1027 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1029 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1033 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1035 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1036 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1037 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1038 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1039 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1040 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1041 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1044 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1048 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1049 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1050 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1053 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1055 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1056 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1057 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1058 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1059 offset
= -args_size
;
1064 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1065 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1066 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1067 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1069 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1071 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1072 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1073 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1081 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1082 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1084 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1088 args_size
+= offset
;
1092 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1093 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1094 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1099 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1100 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1101 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1103 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1105 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1110 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1112 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1113 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1116 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, long int offset
)
1118 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1120 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1122 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1123 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1125 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1129 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1131 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1133 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1135 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1139 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1140 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1144 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1146 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1148 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1149 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1156 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1157 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1158 value, not an offset. */
1159 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1161 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1162 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1163 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1166 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1167 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1168 users need not read the source code.
1170 The High-Level Picture
1172 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1173 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1174 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1175 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1176 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1178 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1179 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1180 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1181 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1182 saves. This also seems to work.
1184 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1185 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1186 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1187 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1189 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1190 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1191 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1192 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1194 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1196 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1197 consists of a register and an offset.
1198 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1199 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1200 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1201 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1202 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1203 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1204 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1206 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1207 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1208 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1211 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1212 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1213 and cfa_temp.offset.
1215 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1218 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1219 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1220 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1224 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1225 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1228 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1229 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1230 cfa.offset unchanged
1231 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1232 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1235 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1236 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1237 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1238 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1239 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1240 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1243 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1244 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1245 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1248 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1249 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1251 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1252 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1256 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1257 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1259 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1260 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1263 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1264 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1265 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1268 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1269 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1270 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1273 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1277 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1279 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1282 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1283 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1284 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1286 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1289 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1290 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1291 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1293 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1296 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1299 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1300 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1303 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1304 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1305 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1308 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1309 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1310 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1311 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1314 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1317 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1319 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1320 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1321 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1322 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1323 flag is set in them. */
1324 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1327 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1329 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1330 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1331 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1333 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1338 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1341 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1342 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1344 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1348 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1349 relative to the current CFA register. */
1350 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1352 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1354 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1360 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1361 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1362 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1363 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1364 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1365 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1366 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1372 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1376 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1379 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1382 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1384 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1390 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1392 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1393 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1395 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1397 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1398 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1400 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1403 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1405 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1406 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1407 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1408 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1410 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1413 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1414 or adjusting the FP */
1415 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1418 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1419 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1420 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1422 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1423 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1425 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1426 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1433 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1437 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1438 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1439 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1441 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1442 into the FP later on. */
1443 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1444 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1445 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1446 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1447 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1448 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1452 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1453 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1454 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1456 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1457 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1458 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1460 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1461 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1465 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1466 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1468 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1469 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1478 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1479 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1484 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1485 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1486 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1489 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1490 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1491 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1494 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1495 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1504 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1508 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1511 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1513 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1518 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1519 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1521 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1523 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1524 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1527 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1528 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1529 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1531 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1537 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1538 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1541 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1542 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1545 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1546 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1547 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1549 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1553 /* With an offset. */
1557 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1559 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1560 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1563 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1564 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1565 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1566 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1572 /* Without an offset. */
1574 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1575 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1577 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1584 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1586 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1587 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1594 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1595 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1596 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1598 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1600 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1602 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1603 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1605 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1606 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1611 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1612 calculate the CFA. */
1613 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1615 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1617 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1620 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1621 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1623 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1628 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1629 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1637 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1638 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1639 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1642 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1647 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1649 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1650 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1652 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1654 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1657 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1660 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1664 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1665 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1667 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1669 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1670 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1675 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1676 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1678 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1680 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1682 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1687 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1688 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1689 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1691 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1692 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1697 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1698 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1700 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1701 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1702 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1703 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1704 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1705 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1708 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1709 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1710 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1711 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1712 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1713 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1714 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1715 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1716 case DW_CFA_register
:
1717 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1719 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1720 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1721 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1722 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1724 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1725 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1726 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1733 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1734 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1735 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1737 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1738 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1742 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1743 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1745 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1746 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1747 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1749 case DW_CFA_register
:
1750 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1753 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1757 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1759 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1762 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1764 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1765 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1766 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1767 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1768 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1769 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1771 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1772 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1773 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1774 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1775 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1777 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1779 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1780 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1781 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1785 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1787 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1789 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1791 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1792 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1793 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1796 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1797 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1800 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1801 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1802 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1803 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1806 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1807 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1808 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1809 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1812 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1813 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1814 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1815 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1818 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1819 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1820 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1821 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1824 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1825 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1826 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1828 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1831 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1832 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1833 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1835 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1838 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1839 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1840 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1842 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1846 case DW_CFA_register
:
1847 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1849 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1853 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1854 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1858 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1859 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1862 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1865 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1866 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1867 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1870 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1871 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1880 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1881 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1882 location of saved registers. */
1885 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1890 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1891 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1892 char augmentation
[6];
1893 int augmentation_size
;
1894 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1895 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1896 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1898 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1899 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1902 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1903 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1904 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1905 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1908 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1910 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1911 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1912 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1913 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1914 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1915 any_eh_needed
= true;
1917 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1921 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1926 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1928 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1930 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1931 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1933 /* Output the CIE. */
1934 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1935 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1936 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1937 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1938 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1940 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1941 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1942 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1943 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1944 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1948 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1949 augmentation_size
= 0;
1955 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1956 augmentation section.
1957 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1958 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1959 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1961 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1962 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1964 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1965 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1966 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1968 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1969 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1972 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
1974 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1977 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1979 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1982 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1984 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
1986 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
1990 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1991 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
1993 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
1995 + 1 /* CIE version */
1996 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1997 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1998 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2000 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2001 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2002 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2004 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2006 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2007 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2008 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2013 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2014 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2015 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2016 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2017 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2019 if (augmentation
[0])
2021 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2022 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2025 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2026 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2027 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2030 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2032 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2034 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2035 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2036 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2039 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2040 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2042 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2043 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2044 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2045 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2047 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2048 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2050 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2052 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2053 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2054 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2055 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2058 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2060 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2061 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2063 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2066 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2068 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2074 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2075 "FDE initial location");
2076 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2077 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2078 "FDE address range");
2082 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2083 "FDE initial location");
2084 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2085 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2086 "FDE address range");
2089 if (augmentation
[0])
2091 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2093 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2095 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2097 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2098 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2099 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2100 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2101 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2104 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2110 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2112 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2113 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2114 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2115 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2116 "Language Specific Data Area");
2120 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2121 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2123 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2124 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2128 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2131 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2133 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2134 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2135 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2137 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2138 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2139 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2140 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2143 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2144 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2145 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2146 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2147 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2148 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2151 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2156 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2160 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2161 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2163 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2166 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2168 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2169 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2170 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2172 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2173 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2176 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2180 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2181 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2182 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2183 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2184 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2185 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2187 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2188 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2189 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2193 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2194 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2196 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2197 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2198 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2199 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2200 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2203 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2204 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2206 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2207 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2208 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2209 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2210 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2211 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2212 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2213 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2214 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2215 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2217 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2219 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2220 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2221 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2223 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2227 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2228 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2232 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2233 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2236 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2238 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2240 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2241 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2242 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2243 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2244 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2248 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2250 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2251 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2252 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2253 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2255 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2256 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2258 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2259 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2260 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2261 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2266 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2268 /* Output call frame information. */
2269 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2270 output_call_frame_info (0);
2272 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2273 output_call_frame_info (1);
2277 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2278 for emitting location expressions. */
2280 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2281 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2282 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2285 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2286 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2287 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2288 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2290 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2291 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2292 implementation are listed below. */
2297 dw_val_class_offset
,
2299 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2300 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2302 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2303 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2306 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2307 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2308 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2309 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2313 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2314 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2316 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2323 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2325 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2327 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2332 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2333 represented internally. */
2335 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2337 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2338 union dw_val_struct_union
2340 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2341 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2342 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2343 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2344 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2345 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2346 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2347 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2348 struct dw_val_die_union
2352 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2353 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2354 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2355 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2356 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2358 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2362 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2365 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2367 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2368 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2369 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2370 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2375 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2376 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2377 their entire life. */
2378 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2380 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2381 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2382 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2383 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2384 Only on head of list */
2385 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2386 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2389 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2391 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2392 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2393 unsigned long, unsigned long);
2394 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2395 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2396 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2397 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2398 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2400 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2403 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2408 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2409 return "DW_OP_addr";
2411 return "DW_OP_deref";
2413 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2415 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2417 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2419 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2421 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2423 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2425 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2427 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2429 return "DW_OP_constu";
2431 return "DW_OP_consts";
2435 return "DW_OP_drop";
2437 return "DW_OP_over";
2439 return "DW_OP_pick";
2441 return "DW_OP_swap";
2445 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2453 return "DW_OP_minus";
2465 return "DW_OP_plus";
2466 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2467 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2473 return "DW_OP_shra";
2491 return "DW_OP_skip";
2493 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2495 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2497 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2499 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2501 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2503 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2505 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2507 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2509 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2511 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2513 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2515 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2517 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2519 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2521 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2523 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2525 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2527 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2529 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2531 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2533 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2535 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2537 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2539 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2541 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2543 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2545 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2547 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2549 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2551 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2553 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2555 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2557 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2559 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2561 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2563 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2565 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2567 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2569 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2571 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2573 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2575 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2577 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2579 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2581 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2583 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2585 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2587 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2589 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2591 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2593 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2595 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2597 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2599 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2601 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2603 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2605 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2607 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2609 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2611 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2613 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2615 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2617 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2619 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2621 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2623 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2625 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2627 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2629 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2631 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2633 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2635 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2637 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2639 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2641 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2643 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2645 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2647 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2649 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2651 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2653 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2655 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2657 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2659 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2661 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2663 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2665 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2667 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2669 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2671 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2673 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2675 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2677 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2679 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2681 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2683 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2685 return "DW_OP_regx";
2687 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2689 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2691 return "DW_OP_piece";
2692 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2693 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2694 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2695 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2698 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2699 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2701 return "DW_OP_call2";
2703 return "DW_OP_call4";
2704 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2705 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2706 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2707 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2709 return "OP_<unknown>";
2713 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2714 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2715 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2717 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2718 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, long unsigned int oprnd1
,
2719 long unsigned int oprnd2
)
2721 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2723 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2724 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2725 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2726 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2727 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2733 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2736 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2738 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2740 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2741 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2747 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2749 static unsigned long
2750 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2752 unsigned long size
= 1;
2754 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2757 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2758 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2777 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2780 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2785 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2786 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2824 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2827 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2830 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2833 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2834 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2837 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2839 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2840 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2849 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2850 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2859 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2861 static unsigned long
2862 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2866 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2868 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2869 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2875 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2878 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2880 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2881 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2883 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2885 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2887 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2891 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2895 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2899 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2901 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2908 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2909 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2913 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2926 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2927 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2928 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2929 only doing unwinding. */
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2937 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2940 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2945 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2946 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2990 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2993 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2995 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2996 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2997 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3000 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3001 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3002 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3004 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3011 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3016 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3019 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3021 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3023 /* Output the opcode. */
3024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3025 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3027 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3028 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3032 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3033 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3036 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3038 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3041 /* Output the size of the block. */
3042 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3043 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3044 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3046 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3047 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3050 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3051 a dw_cfa_location. */
3053 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3054 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3056 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3058 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3061 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3064 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3066 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3068 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3069 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3071 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3073 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3074 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3075 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3076 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3078 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3079 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3085 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3086 descriptor sequence. */
3089 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3091 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3093 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3097 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3099 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3135 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3138 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3172 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3173 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3176 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3177 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3182 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3183 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3186 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3187 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3191 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3193 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3194 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3196 /* .debug_str support. */
3197 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3199 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3200 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3201 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3202 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3203 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3204 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3205 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3206 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3207 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3208 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3209 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3211 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3213 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3219 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3220 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3221 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3222 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3223 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3224 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3225 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3226 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3227 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3228 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3229 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3230 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3231 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3232 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3233 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3234 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3235 something tries to reference them. */
3236 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3237 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3238 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3242 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3243 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3244 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3246 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3247 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3248 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3249 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3251 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3252 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3254 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3256 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3258 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3259 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3260 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3261 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3262 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3264 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3265 line number associated with the label generated for that
3266 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3267 the line number entry. */
3269 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3271 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3272 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3276 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3278 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3280 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3281 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3282 unsigned long function
;
3284 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3286 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3287 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3288 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3290 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3292 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3293 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3294 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3298 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3300 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3302 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3304 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3305 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3306 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3308 dw_offset die_offset
;
3309 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3314 /* The pubname structure */
3316 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3323 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3328 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3329 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3333 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3337 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3338 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3339 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3342 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3343 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3345 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3346 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3347 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3348 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3349 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3350 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3352 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3353 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3354 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3355 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3356 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3357 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3358 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3359 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3360 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3361 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3363 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3364 language, and compiler version. */
3366 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3367 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3368 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3370 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3371 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3373 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3374 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3375 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3376 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3377 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3379 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3380 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3381 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3382 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3383 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3384 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3386 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3387 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3388 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3389 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3391 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3395 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3396 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3397 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3399 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3400 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3402 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3403 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3405 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3406 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3407 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3408 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3409 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3411 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3412 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3413 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3414 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3417 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3418 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3420 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3421 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3423 static int is_main_source
;
3426 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3427 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3429 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3430 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3431 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3432 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3434 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3435 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3436 number identifying each decl. */
3437 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3439 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3440 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3442 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3443 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3445 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3447 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3449 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3450 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3451 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3452 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3453 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3455 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3456 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3458 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3459 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3461 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3462 abbrev_die_table. */
3463 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3465 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3466 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3467 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3468 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3470 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3471 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3473 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3474 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3476 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3477 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3478 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3479 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3481 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3482 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3484 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3485 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3487 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3489 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3491 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3492 accessible names. */
3493 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3495 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3496 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3498 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3499 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3501 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3503 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3505 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3506 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3508 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3509 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3511 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3512 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3514 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3516 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3518 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3519 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3521 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3522 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3524 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3525 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3527 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3529 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3531 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3532 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3534 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3535 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3536 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3538 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3539 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3542 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3543 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3545 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3546 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3548 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3550 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3552 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3553 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3554 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3555 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3556 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3557 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3559 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3561 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3562 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3563 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3564 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3565 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3566 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3567 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3568 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, long);
3569 static inline long int AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3570 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long);
3571 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3572 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3574 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3575 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3576 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3577 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3578 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3579 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3580 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3581 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3582 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3583 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3584 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3585 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3586 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3587 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3589 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3590 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3591 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3592 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3593 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3594 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long);
3595 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3597 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3598 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3599 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3600 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3601 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3602 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3603 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3604 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3605 static bool is_c_family (void);
3606 static bool is_cxx (void);
3607 static bool is_java (void);
3608 static bool is_fortran (void);
3609 static bool is_ada (void);
3610 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3611 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3612 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3613 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3614 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3615 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3616 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3617 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3618 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3619 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3620 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3621 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3622 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3623 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3624 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3625 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3626 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3627 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3628 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3629 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3630 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3631 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3632 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3633 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3634 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3635 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3636 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3637 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3638 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3639 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3640 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3641 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3642 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3643 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3644 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3645 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3646 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3647 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3648 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3649 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3650 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3651 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3652 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3653 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3654 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3655 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3656 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3657 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3658 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3659 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3660 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3661 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3662 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3663 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3664 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3665 static void output_pubnames (void);
3666 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3667 static void output_aranges (void);
3668 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3669 static void output_ranges (void);
3670 static void output_line_info (void);
3671 static void output_file_names (void);
3672 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3673 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3674 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3675 static bool is_ada_subrange_type (tree
);
3676 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
);
3677 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3678 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3679 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3680 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3681 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3682 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3683 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3684 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, long);
3685 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3686 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
3687 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3688 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3689 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3690 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3691 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3692 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3693 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3694 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3695 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3696 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3698 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3699 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3700 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3701 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3702 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3703 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3704 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3705 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3706 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3707 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3708 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3709 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3710 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3711 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3712 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3713 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3714 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3715 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3716 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3717 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3718 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3719 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3720 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3721 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3722 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3724 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3726 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3727 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3729 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3731 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3732 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3733 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3734 static void gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3735 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3736 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3737 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3738 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3739 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3740 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3741 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3742 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3743 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3744 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3745 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3746 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3747 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3748 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3749 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3750 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3751 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3752 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3753 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3754 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3755 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3756 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3757 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3758 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3759 static void init_file_table (void);
3760 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3761 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3762 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3763 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3764 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3765 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3766 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3767 const char *, const char *,
3769 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3770 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3772 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3773 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3774 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3775 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3776 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3777 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3778 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3780 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3781 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3782 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3784 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3785 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3787 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3788 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3790 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3791 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3793 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3794 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3796 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3797 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3799 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3800 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3802 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3803 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3805 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3806 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3809 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3810 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3811 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3814 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3815 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3816 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3817 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3820 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3821 the section names themselves. */
3823 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3824 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3826 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3827 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3829 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3830 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3832 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3833 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3835 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3836 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3838 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3839 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3841 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3842 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3845 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3846 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3847 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3848 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3849 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3851 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3852 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3853 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3854 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3855 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3856 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3857 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3858 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3860 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3861 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3863 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3864 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3866 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3867 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3869 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3870 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3872 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3873 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3876 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3877 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3879 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3882 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3884 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3887 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3890 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3892 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3893 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3894 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3897 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3901 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3903 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3905 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3906 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3907 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3908 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3910 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3911 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3912 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3917 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3920 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3922 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3924 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3925 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3928 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3931 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3935 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3936 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3937 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3938 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3939 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3940 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3941 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3942 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3943 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3944 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3945 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3946 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3947 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3948 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3950 return "DW_TAG_label";
3951 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3952 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3954 return "DW_TAG_member";
3955 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3956 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3957 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3958 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3959 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3960 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3961 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3962 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3963 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3964 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3965 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3966 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3967 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3968 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3969 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3970 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3971 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
3972 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3973 case DW_TAG_variant
:
3974 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3975 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
3976 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3977 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
3978 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3979 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
3980 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3981 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
3982 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3984 return "DW_TAG_module";
3985 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
3986 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3987 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
3988 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3989 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
3990 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3991 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
3992 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3993 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
3994 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3995 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
3996 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3997 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
3998 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3999 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4000 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4001 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4002 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4003 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4004 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4005 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4006 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4008 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4009 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4010 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4011 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4012 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4013 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4014 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4015 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4016 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4017 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4018 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4019 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4020 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4021 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4022 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4023 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4024 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4025 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4026 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4027 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4028 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4029 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4030 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4031 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4032 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4033 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4034 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4035 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4036 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4037 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4038 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4039 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4040 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4041 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4042 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4044 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4048 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4051 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4056 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4057 case DW_AT_location
:
4058 return "DW_AT_location";
4060 return "DW_AT_name";
4061 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4062 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4063 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4064 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4065 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4066 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4067 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4068 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4069 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4070 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4071 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4072 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4073 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4074 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4076 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4078 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4079 case DW_AT_language
:
4080 return "DW_AT_language";
4082 return "DW_AT_member";
4084 return "DW_AT_discr";
4085 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4086 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4087 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4088 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4090 return "DW_AT_import";
4091 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4092 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4093 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4094 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4095 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4096 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4097 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4098 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4099 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4100 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4101 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4102 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4104 return "DW_AT_inline";
4105 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4106 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4107 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4108 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4109 case DW_AT_producer
:
4110 return "DW_AT_producer";
4111 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4112 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4113 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4114 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4115 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4116 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4117 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4118 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4119 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4120 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4121 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4122 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4123 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4124 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4125 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4126 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4127 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4128 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4129 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4130 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4131 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4132 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4134 return "DW_AT_count";
4135 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4136 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4137 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4138 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4139 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4140 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4141 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4142 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4143 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4144 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4145 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4146 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4147 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4148 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4149 case DW_AT_external
:
4150 return "DW_AT_external";
4151 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4152 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4154 return "DW_AT_friend";
4155 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4156 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4157 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4158 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4159 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4160 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4161 case DW_AT_priority
:
4162 return "DW_AT_priority";
4164 return "DW_AT_segment";
4165 case DW_AT_specification
:
4166 return "DW_AT_specification";
4167 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4168 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4170 return "DW_AT_type";
4171 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4172 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4173 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4174 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4175 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4176 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4177 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4178 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4180 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4181 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4182 case DW_AT_associated
:
4183 return "DW_AT_associated";
4184 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4185 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4187 return "DW_AT_stride";
4188 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4189 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4190 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4191 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4192 case DW_AT_extension
:
4193 return "DW_AT_extension";
4195 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4196 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4197 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4198 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4199 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4200 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4201 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4202 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4203 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4205 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4206 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4207 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4208 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4209 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4210 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4211 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4212 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4213 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4214 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4215 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4216 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4217 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4218 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4219 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4220 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4221 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4222 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4223 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4224 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4225 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4226 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4228 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4229 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4230 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4231 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4232 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4233 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4234 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4235 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4236 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4237 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4238 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4239 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4240 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4241 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4243 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4244 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4247 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4251 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4254 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4259 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4260 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4261 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4262 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4263 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4265 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4267 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4269 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4270 case DW_FORM_string
:
4271 return "DW_FORM_string";
4273 return "DW_FORM_block";
4274 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4275 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4277 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4279 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4281 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4283 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4285 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4286 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4287 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4289 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4291 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4293 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4295 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4296 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4297 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4298 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4299 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4301 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4305 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4309 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4313 case DW_ATE_address
:
4314 return "DW_ATE_address";
4315 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4316 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4317 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4318 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4320 return "DW_ATE_float";
4322 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4323 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4324 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4325 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4326 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4327 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4328 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4330 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4335 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4336 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4337 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4338 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4342 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4344 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4345 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4346 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4347 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4350 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4351 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4352 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4353 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4357 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4360 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4361 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4362 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4363 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4367 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4369 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4371 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4372 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4373 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4374 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4377 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4382 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4386 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4387 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4388 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4390 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4396 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4397 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4401 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4403 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4405 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4406 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4408 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4409 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4411 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4412 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4417 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4418 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4421 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4423 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4425 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4426 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4430 static inline enum dw_val_class
4431 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4433 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4436 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4439 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4441 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4443 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4444 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4445 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4446 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4447 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4450 static inline unsigned
4451 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4453 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4454 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4459 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4462 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, long int int_val
)
4464 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4466 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4467 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4468 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4469 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4470 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4473 static inline long int
4474 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4476 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4477 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4482 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4485 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4486 long unsigned int unsigned_val
)
4488 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4490 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4491 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4492 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4493 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4494 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4497 static inline unsigned long
4498 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4500 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4501 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4506 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4509 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4510 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4512 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4514 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4515 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4516 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4517 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4518 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4519 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4522 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4525 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4526 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4528 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4530 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4531 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4532 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4533 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4534 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4535 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4538 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4541 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4543 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4547 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4549 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4550 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4553 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4556 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4558 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4559 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4562 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4563 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4564 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4566 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4567 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4569 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4570 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4571 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4574 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4575 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4576 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4577 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4578 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4581 static inline const char *
4582 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4584 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4585 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4590 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4591 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4594 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4596 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4598 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4602 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4606 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4608 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4609 always better to put it inline. */
4610 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4611 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4613 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4614 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4616 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4617 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4618 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4621 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4622 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4624 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4630 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4633 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4635 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4637 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4638 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4639 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4640 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4641 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4642 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4645 static inline dw_die_ref
4646 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4648 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4649 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4655 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4657 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4658 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4664 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4666 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4667 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4672 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4675 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4677 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4679 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4680 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4681 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4682 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4683 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4686 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4689 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4691 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4693 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4694 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4695 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4696 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4697 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4700 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4701 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4703 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4704 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4710 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4712 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4714 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4715 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4716 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4717 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4718 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4719 have_location_lists
= 1;
4722 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4723 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4725 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4726 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4731 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4734 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4736 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4738 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4739 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4740 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4741 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4742 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4746 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4748 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4749 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4754 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4757 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4759 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4761 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4762 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4763 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4764 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4765 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4768 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4771 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4773 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4775 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4776 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4777 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4778 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4779 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4782 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4785 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, long unsigned int offset
)
4787 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4789 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4790 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4791 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4792 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4793 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4796 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4799 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4800 long unsigned int offset
)
4802 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4804 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4805 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4806 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4807 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4808 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4811 static inline const char *
4812 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4814 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4815 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4816 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4821 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4823 static inline dw_attr_ref
4824 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4827 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4831 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4832 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4834 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4835 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4839 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4845 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4846 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4847 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4849 static inline const char *
4850 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4852 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4854 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4857 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4858 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4859 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4861 static inline const char *
4862 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4864 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4866 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4869 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4870 NULL if it is not present. */
4872 static inline const char *
4873 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4875 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4877 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4880 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4881 if it is not present. */
4884 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4886 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4888 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4891 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4892 if it is not present. */
4894 static inline unsigned
4895 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4897 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4899 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4902 static inline dw_die_ref
4903 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4905 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4907 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4910 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4915 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4917 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4918 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4921 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4926 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4927 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4930 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4935 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4937 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
4940 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4945 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4947 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
4950 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4955 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4957 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
4960 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4962 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
4964 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
4966 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4967 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
4968 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
4971 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4974 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4977 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
4981 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
4982 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4985 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
4994 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4997 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
4999 remove_children (die
);
5002 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5005 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5007 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5009 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5011 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5013 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5016 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5018 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5020 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5022 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5030 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5031 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5034 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5036 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5038 if (die
== child_die
)
5041 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5042 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5043 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5047 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5048 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5051 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5055 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5056 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5057 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5059 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5065 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5066 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5069 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5072 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5076 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5077 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5078 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5081 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5083 static inline dw_die_ref
5084 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5086 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5088 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5090 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5091 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5094 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5096 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5097 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5098 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5099 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5100 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5106 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5108 static inline dw_die_ref
5109 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5111 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5114 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5117 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5119 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5122 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5124 static inline dw_die_ref
5125 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5127 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5129 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5132 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5135 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5137 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5138 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5140 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5143 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5144 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5145 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5147 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5148 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5150 memset (&decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5151 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5152 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5155 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5156 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5158 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5161 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5162 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5163 the DIE internal representation. */
5164 static int print_indent
;
5166 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5169 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5171 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5174 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5175 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5178 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5183 print_spaces (outfile
);
5184 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5185 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5186 print_spaces (outfile
);
5187 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5188 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5190 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5192 print_spaces (outfile
);
5193 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5195 switch (AT_class (a
))
5197 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5198 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5200 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5201 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5203 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5204 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5206 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5207 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5208 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5210 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5211 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5213 case dw_val_class_const
:
5214 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5216 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5217 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5219 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5220 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5221 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5222 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5224 case dw_val_class_float
:
5225 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5227 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5228 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5230 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5231 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5233 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5234 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5236 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5239 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5241 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5242 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5243 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5245 case dw_val_class_str
:
5246 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5247 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5249 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5255 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5258 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5261 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5262 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5266 if (print_indent
== 0)
5267 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5270 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5271 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5274 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5277 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5279 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5280 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5282 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5283 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5284 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5285 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5286 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5287 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5290 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5293 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5296 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5298 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5301 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5302 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5308 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5309 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5310 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5313 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5314 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5315 they are in order of addition. */
5318 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5320 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5321 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5323 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5325 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5326 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5332 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5339 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5342 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5343 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5344 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5345 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5346 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5349 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5353 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5355 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5356 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5359 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5360 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5361 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5364 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5366 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5367 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5369 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5373 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5376 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5378 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5380 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5384 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5385 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5387 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5390 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5392 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5393 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5394 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5397 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5400 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5402 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5405 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5407 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5408 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5409 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5410 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5411 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5414 switch (AT_class (at
))
5416 case dw_val_class_const
:
5417 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5419 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5420 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5422 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5423 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5425 case dw_val_class_float
:
5426 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5428 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5429 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5431 case dw_val_class_str
:
5432 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5435 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5437 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5440 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5448 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5449 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5452 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5453 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5454 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5457 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5458 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5461 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5462 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5463 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5471 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5474 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5479 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5482 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5485 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5487 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5489 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5490 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5492 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5493 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5497 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5499 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5501 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5503 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5504 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5505 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5508 /* Do the values look the same? */
5510 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5512 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5516 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5519 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5521 case dw_val_class_const
:
5522 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5523 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5524 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5525 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5526 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5527 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5528 case dw_val_class_float
:
5529 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5531 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5532 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5535 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5536 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5537 case dw_val_class_str
:
5538 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5540 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5541 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5542 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5543 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5545 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5548 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5554 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5555 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5557 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5558 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5560 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5561 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5563 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5565 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5566 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5568 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5569 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5570 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5578 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5581 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5583 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5586 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5587 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5588 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5589 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5590 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5593 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5596 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5599 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5604 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5606 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5607 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5609 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5612 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5614 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5615 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5620 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5622 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5623 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5631 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5634 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5637 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5639 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5640 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5645 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5647 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5649 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5650 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5652 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5653 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5656 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5658 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5659 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5660 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5663 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5666 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5667 the name filename of the unit. */
5669 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5671 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5672 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5673 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5675 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5676 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5678 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5679 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5681 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5685 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5686 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5689 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5692 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5694 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5696 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5697 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5698 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5699 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5700 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5701 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5702 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5703 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5704 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5705 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5706 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5707 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5708 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5709 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5710 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5711 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5712 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5713 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5720 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5721 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5722 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5723 compilations (functions). */
5726 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5728 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5729 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5730 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5731 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5733 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5736 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5737 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5738 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5739 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5741 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5743 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5746 return is_type_die (c
);
5749 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5750 compilation unit. */
5753 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5755 return (is_type_die (c
)
5756 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5757 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5761 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5765 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5766 return xstrdup (buf
);
5769 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5772 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5776 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5778 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5780 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5782 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5783 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5784 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5787 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5790 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5791 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5794 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5797 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5798 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5801 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5803 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5805 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5807 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5811 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5813 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5814 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5816 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
5820 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
5822 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
5832 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5835 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
5837 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
5838 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
5840 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
5842 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5843 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5847 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
5849 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
5855 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
5859 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
5861 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
5862 entry
->next
= *slot
;
5868 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5870 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
5872 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
5874 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5875 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5879 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
5882 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5883 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5884 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5887 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
5890 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5891 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
5892 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
5894 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5896 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5898 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5899 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5901 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5904 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5906 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5909 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5911 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5915 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5919 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5920 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5926 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5927 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5932 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5933 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
5934 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
5940 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5941 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5942 &comdat_symbol_number
);
5943 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5945 *pnode
= node
->next
;
5948 pnode
= &node
->next
;
5949 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5950 comdat_symbol_number
);
5953 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
5956 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5957 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5958 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5961 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
5965 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5966 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5967 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5968 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
5970 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5971 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
5974 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
5977 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5982 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5983 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
5984 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
5986 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5987 output_location_lists (c
);
5991 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
5992 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
5993 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
5994 die are visited recursively. */
5997 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
5999 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6000 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6002 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6004 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6005 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6006 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6007 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6008 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6010 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6013 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6016 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6018 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6020 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6022 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6024 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6025 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6027 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6029 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6030 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6033 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6034 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6037 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6043 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6045 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6047 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6048 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6049 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6051 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6052 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6053 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6056 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6057 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6060 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6061 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6062 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6065 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6068 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6075 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6078 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6083 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6084 .debug_info section. */
6086 static unsigned long
6087 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6089 unsigned long size
= 0;
6092 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6093 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6095 switch (AT_class (a
))
6097 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6098 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6100 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6101 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6103 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6105 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6108 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6112 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6113 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6115 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6116 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6118 case dw_val_class_const
:
6119 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6121 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6122 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6124 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6125 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6127 case dw_val_class_float
:
6128 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6130 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6133 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6134 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6135 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6137 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6139 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6140 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6142 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6143 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6145 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6146 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6148 case dw_val_class_str
:
6149 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6150 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6152 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6162 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6163 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6164 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6165 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6168 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6172 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6173 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6175 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6178 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6179 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6180 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6183 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6184 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6185 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6186 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6189 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6197 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6201 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6204 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6212 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6216 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6219 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6228 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6229 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6231 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6232 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6233 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6236 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6237 compilation unit. */
6239 static unsigned long
6240 size_of_pubnames (void)
6245 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6246 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6248 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6249 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6252 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6256 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6258 static unsigned long
6259 size_of_aranges (void)
6263 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6265 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6266 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6267 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6269 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6270 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6274 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6276 static enum dwarf_form
6277 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6279 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6281 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6282 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6283 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6284 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6285 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6286 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6287 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6288 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6290 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6291 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6292 .debug_loc section */
6293 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6294 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6295 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6298 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6300 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6304 case dw_val_class_const
:
6305 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6306 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6307 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6310 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6312 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6314 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6316 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6320 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6321 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6322 case dw_val_class_float
:
6323 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6324 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6325 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6326 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6327 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6328 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6331 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6332 return DW_FORM_data
;
6333 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6334 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6335 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6336 return DW_FORM_data
;
6337 case dw_val_class_str
:
6338 return AT_string_form (a
);
6345 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6348 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6350 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6352 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6355 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6359 output_abbrev_section (void)
6361 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6365 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6367 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6369 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6370 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6371 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6373 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6374 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6376 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6378 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6379 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6381 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6382 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6383 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6386 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6390 /* Terminate the table. */
6391 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6394 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6397 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6399 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6404 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6405 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6406 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6408 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6410 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6413 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6414 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6415 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6417 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6418 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6419 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6421 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6423 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6425 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6426 retlist
->section
= section
;
6428 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6433 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6436 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6437 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6438 const char *section
)
6442 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6443 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6446 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6447 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6450 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6453 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6455 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6457 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6459 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6460 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6461 in more than one section. */
6462 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6464 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6465 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6466 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6467 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6468 "Location list base address specifier base");
6471 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6475 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6476 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6477 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6478 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6479 "Location list end address (%s)",
6480 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6481 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6483 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6486 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6488 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6491 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6492 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6493 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6494 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6495 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6496 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6499 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6500 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6503 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6509 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6510 them to point to. */
6511 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6512 output_die_symbol (die
);
6514 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6515 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6517 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6519 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6521 switch (AT_class (a
))
6523 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6524 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6527 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6528 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6532 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6534 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6536 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6537 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6543 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6544 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6546 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6547 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6549 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6552 case dw_val_class_const
:
6553 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6554 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6555 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6556 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6559 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6560 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6561 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6564 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6566 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6568 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6569 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6572 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6574 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6575 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6579 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6580 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6583 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6584 first
, "long long constant");
6585 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6590 case dw_val_class_float
:
6594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6597 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6598 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6599 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6603 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6607 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6609 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6613 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6614 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6618 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6619 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6621 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6625 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6627 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6630 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6634 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6638 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6639 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6640 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6644 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6645 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6648 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6649 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6652 case dw_val_class_str
:
6653 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6654 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6655 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6656 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6658 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6666 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6669 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6670 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6671 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6675 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6676 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6679 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6681 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6682 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6683 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6684 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6685 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6686 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6687 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6688 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6689 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6690 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6693 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6696 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6698 const char *secname
;
6701 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6702 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6705 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6706 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6707 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6708 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6709 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6712 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6714 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6715 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6716 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6718 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6721 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6723 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6725 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6728 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6730 /* Output debugging information. */
6731 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6732 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6735 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6740 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6744 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6745 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6746 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6749 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6751 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6754 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6757 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6761 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6764 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6766 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6768 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6769 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6770 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6771 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6774 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6776 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6779 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6780 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6781 visible procedures. */
6784 output_pubnames (void)
6787 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6789 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6790 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6791 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6792 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6793 "Length of Public Names Info");
6794 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6795 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6796 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6797 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6798 "Compilation Unit Length");
6800 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6802 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6804 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6805 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6808 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6811 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6814 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6817 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6820 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6822 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6825 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6827 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6828 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
6829 (arange_table_allocated
6830 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
6831 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
6832 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6835 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6838 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6839 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6840 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6843 output_aranges (void)
6846 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6848 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6849 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6850 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6851 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6852 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6853 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6854 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6855 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6856 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6859 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6860 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6862 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6864 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6865 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6866 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6867 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6870 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6871 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6872 text_section_label
, "Length");
6874 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6876 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6878 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6879 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6882 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6884 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6886 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6887 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6891 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6892 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6893 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6894 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6895 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6897 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6901 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6904 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6905 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6906 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6907 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6912 /* Output the terminator words. */
6913 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6914 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6917 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6921 add_ranges (tree block
)
6923 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6925 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6927 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6929 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6930 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6931 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
6932 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
6935 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6936 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6938 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6942 output_ranges (void)
6945 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6946 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6948 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
6950 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
6954 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6955 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6957 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
6958 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
6960 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6961 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6962 base of the text section. */
6963 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6965 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6967 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6968 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
6969 text_section_label
, NULL
);
6972 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6973 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6974 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6975 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6978 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6979 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6980 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
6987 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6988 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6994 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6997 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
6998 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
6999 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7000 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7001 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7004 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7008 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7009 int length
; /* Path length. */
7010 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7011 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7012 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7013 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7016 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7017 the directories in the path. */
7020 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7022 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7023 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7027 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7028 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7029 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7030 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7031 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7032 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7033 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7035 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7036 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7042 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7043 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7044 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7045 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7046 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7048 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7049 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7054 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7055 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7056 slowdowns with many input files. */
7059 output_file_names (void)
7061 struct file_info
*files
;
7062 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7071 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7072 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7075 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7079 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7080 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7081 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7083 /* Sort the file names. */
7084 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7088 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7089 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7090 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7093 /* Create a new array entry. */
7095 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7096 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7098 /* Search for the file name part. */
7099 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7100 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7103 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7104 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7106 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7107 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7108 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7109 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7111 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7113 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7116 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7117 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7118 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7119 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7121 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7122 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7123 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7129 /* This is a new directory. */
7130 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7131 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7132 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7133 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7134 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7135 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7137 /* Search for a prefix. */
7138 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7139 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7140 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7141 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7142 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7143 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7144 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7145 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7150 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7151 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7152 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7153 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7154 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7155 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7156 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7157 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7159 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7160 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7165 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7166 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7167 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7168 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7170 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7173 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7175 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7180 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7185 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7186 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7188 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7189 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7194 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7196 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7198 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7199 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7200 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7202 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7203 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7205 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7206 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7211 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7212 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7213 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7214 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7215 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7217 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7219 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7220 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7223 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7224 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7225 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7226 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7227 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7229 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7230 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7231 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7233 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7234 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7235 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7238 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7240 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7242 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7245 /* Now write all the file names. */
7246 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7248 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7249 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7251 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7252 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7254 /* Include directory index. */
7255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7257 /* Modification time. */
7258 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7260 /* File length in bytes. */
7261 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7264 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7268 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7269 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7272 output_line_info (void)
7274 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7275 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7276 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7279 unsigned long lt_index
;
7280 unsigned long current_line
;
7283 unsigned long current_file
;
7284 unsigned long function
;
7286 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7287 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7288 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7289 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7291 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7292 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7293 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7294 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7295 "Length of Source Line Info");
7296 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7298 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7299 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7300 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7302 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7303 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7304 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7305 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7306 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7307 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7308 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7309 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7311 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7313 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7314 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7316 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7317 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7318 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7319 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7320 "Special Opcode Base");
7322 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7326 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7327 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7328 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7329 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7330 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7338 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7342 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7343 output_file_names ();
7344 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7346 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7347 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7348 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7350 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7351 a series of state machine operations. */
7354 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7355 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7357 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7360 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7361 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7364 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7365 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7366 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7367 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7368 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7372 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7374 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7375 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7376 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7377 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7378 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7379 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7381 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7384 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7385 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7386 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7387 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7391 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7392 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7393 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7394 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7395 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7396 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7399 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7401 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7402 different from the previous line. */
7403 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7405 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7406 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7407 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7408 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7412 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7413 that uses the least amount of space. */
7414 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7416 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7417 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7418 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7419 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7420 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7421 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7423 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7424 "line %lu", current_line
);
7427 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7428 depending on the value being encoded. */
7429 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7430 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7431 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7432 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7436 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7437 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7440 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7443 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7444 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7445 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7449 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7450 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7451 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7452 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7455 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7456 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7462 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7464 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7465 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7468 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7469 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7470 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7471 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7475 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7476 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7477 to handle it differently. */
7478 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7480 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7482 function
= line_info
->function
;
7484 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7485 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7486 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7487 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7488 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7492 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7495 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7496 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7497 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7501 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7502 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7503 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7504 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7508 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7510 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7511 different from the previous line. */
7512 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7514 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7515 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7516 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7517 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7521 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7522 that uses the least amount of space. */
7523 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7525 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7526 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7527 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7528 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7530 "line %lu", current_line
);
7533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7534 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7535 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7536 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7540 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7548 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7549 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7550 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7555 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7556 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7559 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7560 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7561 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7565 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7566 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7567 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7568 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7571 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7572 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7573 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7578 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7579 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7582 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7583 a DIE that describes the given type.
7585 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7586 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7589 base_type_die (tree type
)
7591 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7592 const char *type_name
;
7593 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7594 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7596 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7601 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7602 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7604 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7607 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7609 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7612 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7613 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7614 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7616 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7617 && (type
== char_type_node
7618 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7619 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7621 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7622 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7624 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7627 /* else fall through. */
7630 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7631 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7632 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7634 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7638 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7641 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7642 a user defined type for it. */
7644 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7645 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7647 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7651 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7652 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7656 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7660 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7661 if (demangle_name_func
)
7662 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7664 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7665 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7666 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7667 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7669 return base_type_result
;
7672 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7673 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7674 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7675 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7676 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7677 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7678 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7679 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7682 root_type (tree type
)
7684 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7685 return error_mark_node
;
7687 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7690 return error_mark_node
;
7693 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7694 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7697 return type_main_variant (type
);
7701 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7702 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7705 is_base_type (tree type
)
7707 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7722 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7727 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7741 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7742 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7743 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7744 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7747 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7748 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7750 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7751 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7752 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7754 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7755 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7757 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7760 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7761 emitted as a subrange type. */
7764 is_ada_subrange_type (tree type
)
7766 /* We do this for INTEGER_TYPEs that have names, parent types, and when
7767 we are compiling Ada code. */
7768 return (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7769 && TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0
7770 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
7771 && TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (type
)) && is_ada ());
7774 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7775 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7778 subrange_type_die (tree type
)
7780 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7781 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7782 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7784 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7786 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7787 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7789 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7790 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
7791 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7792 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
7793 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
7794 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7795 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
7796 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
7797 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
7799 return subrange_die
;
7802 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7803 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7806 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
7807 dw_die_ref context_die
)
7809 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7810 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7811 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7812 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7814 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7816 tree qualified_type
;
7818 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7821 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7822 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7824 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7826 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7829 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7831 return mod_type_die
;
7834 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7835 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7836 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7837 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7839 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7840 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7842 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7844 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7845 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7846 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7848 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7849 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7850 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7851 type to which it refers. */
7853 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7854 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7857 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7863 else if (is_const_type
)
7865 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7866 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7868 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7870 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7871 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7873 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7875 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7876 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7877 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7879 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7881 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7883 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7885 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7886 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7887 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7889 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7891 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7893 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
7894 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
);
7895 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7896 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7899 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7901 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7902 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7903 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7904 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7905 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7907 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7908 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7910 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7911 not the main variant. */
7912 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7913 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7917 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7918 type
= qualified_type
;
7922 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7924 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7925 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7926 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7927 types are possible in Ada. */
7928 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
7929 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
7930 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
7933 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
7934 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7936 return mod_type_die
;
7939 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7940 an enumerated type. */
7943 type_is_enum (tree type
)
7945 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7948 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7951 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
7953 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7955 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7958 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
7961 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
7962 zero if there is none. */
7964 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7965 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
7970 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7973 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
7974 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
7976 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
7978 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
7980 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
7983 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
7984 a given hard register number. */
7986 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7987 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
7990 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
7992 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
7995 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
7996 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
7998 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7999 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8003 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8005 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8006 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8008 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8009 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8011 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8018 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8019 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8020 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8026 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8028 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8031 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8034 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8038 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8039 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8040 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8041 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8046 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8048 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8049 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8051 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8053 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8054 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8058 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8061 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8063 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8073 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8075 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8076 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8082 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8085 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8087 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8088 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
8090 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8091 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8092 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8094 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8095 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8096 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8099 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8101 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8103 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8108 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8111 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8113 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8114 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8115 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8116 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8119 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8120 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8121 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8122 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8124 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8125 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8126 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8127 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8129 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8130 autoincrement addressing modes.
8132 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8134 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8135 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8137 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8139 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8140 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8141 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8142 zeroth element of the array. */
8144 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8146 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8151 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8152 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8154 /* ... fall through ... */
8157 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8158 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8159 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8160 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8161 contains the given subreg. */
8162 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8164 /* ... fall through ... */
8167 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8168 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8169 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8170 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8171 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8172 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8173 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8174 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8175 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8176 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8177 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8178 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8179 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8180 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8181 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8185 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8186 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8187 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8191 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8193 /* ... fall through ... */
8196 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8197 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8201 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8202 by a different symbol. */
8203 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8206 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8208 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8211 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8212 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8217 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8218 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8219 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8220 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8225 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8226 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8227 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8228 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8232 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8234 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8239 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8241 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8242 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8243 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8244 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8246 /* ... fall through ... */
8250 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8251 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8252 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8255 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8256 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8259 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8260 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8261 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8262 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8263 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8266 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8267 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8268 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8269 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8276 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8277 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8278 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8279 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8281 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8284 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8285 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8286 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8291 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8295 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8297 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8298 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8306 return mem_loc_result
;
8309 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8310 This is typically a complex variable. */
8312 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8313 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8315 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8316 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8317 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8319 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8322 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8323 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8324 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8325 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8327 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8328 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8329 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8330 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8332 return cc_loc_result
;
8335 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8336 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8337 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8338 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8339 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8341 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8343 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8344 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8346 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8348 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8351 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8352 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8353 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8354 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8355 contains the given subreg. */
8356 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8358 /* ... fall through ... */
8361 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8365 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8369 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8379 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8380 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8381 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8382 descriptor, return 0. */
8384 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8385 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8387 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8389 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8390 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8392 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8393 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8396 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8401 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8402 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8403 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8404 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8405 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8406 the names of types. */
8413 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8414 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8415 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8416 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8417 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8418 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8419 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8420 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8423 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8424 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8428 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8432 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8433 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8437 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8438 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8439 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8442 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8443 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8446 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8448 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8449 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8452 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8453 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8454 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8456 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8457 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8466 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8468 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8470 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8472 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8473 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8474 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8479 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8481 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8484 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8487 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8493 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8498 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8502 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8503 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8506 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8511 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8514 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8515 enum machine_mode mode
;
8518 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8519 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8524 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8526 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8529 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8531 /* Variable offset. */
8532 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8533 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8539 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8541 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8542 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8544 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8545 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8551 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8552 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8559 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8560 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
8561 enum machine_mode mode
;
8563 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8565 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8566 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8568 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8571 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8575 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8576 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8581 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8587 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8592 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8594 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8595 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8603 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8605 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8606 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8619 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8623 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8624 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8626 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8630 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8631 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8632 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8642 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8649 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8656 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8663 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8678 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8679 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8680 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8683 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8684 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8687 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8701 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8705 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8709 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8710 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8711 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8712 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8714 /* ... fall through ... */
8718 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8719 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8720 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8721 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8722 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8724 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8725 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8728 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8729 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8731 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8732 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8733 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8735 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8736 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8737 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8739 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8740 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8741 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8742 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8743 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8748 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8749 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8750 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
8751 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
8754 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8755 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8759 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8760 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8763 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8764 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8766 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8768 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8770 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8773 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8775 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8781 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8782 which is not less than the value itself. */
8784 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8785 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
8787 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8790 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8791 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8792 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8796 field_type (tree decl
)
8800 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8801 return integer_type_node
;
8803 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8804 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8805 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8810 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8811 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8812 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8814 static inline unsigned
8815 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
8817 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8820 static inline unsigned
8821 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
8823 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8826 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8827 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8828 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8829 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8830 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8833 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8834 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
8836 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8837 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8838 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8839 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8841 tree field_size_tree
;
8842 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8843 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8844 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8846 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8848 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8851 type
= field_type (decl
);
8852 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8854 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8855 a flexible array member. */
8856 if (! field_size_tree
)
8857 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8859 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8860 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8861 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8862 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8865 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8867 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8868 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8869 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8871 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8873 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8874 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8875 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8877 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8878 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8879 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8880 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8881 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8882 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8883 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8884 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8886 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8888 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8889 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8890 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8891 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8892 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8893 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8894 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8895 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8896 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8897 bits of the bit-field itself.
8899 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8900 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8901 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8902 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8903 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8904 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8905 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8906 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8907 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8909 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8910 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8911 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8912 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8913 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8914 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8916 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8917 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8918 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8920 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8921 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8922 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8924 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8925 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
8926 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
8927 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
8929 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
8931 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8932 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8934 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8935 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
8936 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
8937 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
8940 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8943 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8944 associated with them. */
8946 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8948 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8949 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8950 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8953 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
8954 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
8957 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
8960 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
8961 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
8962 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
8963 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
8964 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
8965 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
8968 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
8969 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
8970 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
8971 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
8972 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
8973 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
8974 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
8975 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
8976 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
8980 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
8983 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
8985 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
8987 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
8988 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
8990 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
8991 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
8992 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
8993 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
8995 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
8997 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
8999 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9001 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9002 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9003 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9005 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9006 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9007 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9009 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9010 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9014 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9015 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9016 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9017 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9019 /* Extract the offset. */
9020 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9021 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9023 /* Add it to the object address. */
9024 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9025 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9028 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9031 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9035 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9037 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9038 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9039 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9041 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9042 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9043 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9047 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9050 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9053 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9056 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9057 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9058 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9059 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9060 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9063 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9065 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9068 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9069 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9070 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9071 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9072 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9074 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9076 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9077 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9078 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9079 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9080 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9083 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9084 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9085 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9094 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9095 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9096 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9097 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9099 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9101 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9103 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9104 long *array
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9107 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9108 real_to_target (array
, &rv
, mode
);
9110 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9114 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9115 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9118 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9119 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9125 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9131 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9132 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9136 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9137 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9138 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9139 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9140 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9141 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9142 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9143 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9144 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9145 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9146 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9150 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9157 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9161 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9162 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9163 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9165 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9166 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9167 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9168 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9169 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9170 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9171 referenced within the function.
9173 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9174 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9175 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9176 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9178 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9179 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9180 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9181 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9182 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9183 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9185 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9186 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9187 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9188 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9189 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9190 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9191 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9192 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9193 output at debug-time.
9195 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9196 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9197 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9198 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9199 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9200 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9201 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9202 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9203 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9204 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9205 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9206 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9207 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9209 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9210 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9211 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9212 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9213 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9214 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9215 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9216 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9219 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9220 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9221 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9222 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9223 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9224 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9225 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9226 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9227 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9228 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9229 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9230 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9231 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9234 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9235 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9237 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9238 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9240 if (! reload_completed
)
9243 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9244 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9245 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9246 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9247 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9248 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9250 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9255 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9257 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9259 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9260 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9262 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9263 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9264 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9265 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9266 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9267 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9268 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9269 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9270 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9271 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9274 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9275 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9276 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9277 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9278 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9279 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9281 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9282 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9283 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9284 /* Not passed in memory. */
9285 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9286 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9287 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9288 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9289 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9290 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9291 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9294 /* Big endian correction check. */
9296 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9297 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9300 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9301 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9303 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9304 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9308 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9310 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9311 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9312 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9313 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9317 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9318 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9319 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9320 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9322 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9323 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9324 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9325 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9327 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9328 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9329 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9330 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9331 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9333 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9335 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9336 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9337 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9338 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9339 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9340 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9342 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9343 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9344 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9345 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9346 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9348 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9349 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9350 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9351 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9357 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9359 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9360 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9361 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9363 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9368 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9369 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9370 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9371 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9372 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9373 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9374 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9375 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9376 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9377 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9380 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9383 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9385 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9387 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9390 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9391 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9394 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9397 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9398 don't emit anything. */
9408 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9409 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9413 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9415 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9416 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9417 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9418 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9419 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9426 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9428 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9436 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9437 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9438 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9441 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9443 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9444 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9446 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9447 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9452 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9455 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9456 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9457 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9459 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9460 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9461 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9468 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9469 the value of the attribute. */
9472 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9474 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9476 if (demangle_name_func
)
9477 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9479 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9483 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9486 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9488 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
9490 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9493 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9494 a representation for that bound. */
9497 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9499 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9504 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9506 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9507 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9508 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9509 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9510 /* use the default */
9513 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9518 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9519 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9520 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9524 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9525 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9526 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9527 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9528 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9529 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9530 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9531 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9532 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9533 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9534 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9535 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9536 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9537 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9538 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9539 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9540 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9541 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9543 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9544 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9545 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9546 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9547 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9549 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9550 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9551 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9553 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9554 it references an outer function's frame. */
9555 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9557 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9559 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9560 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9563 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9564 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9565 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9566 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9567 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9570 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9576 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9578 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9579 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9580 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9581 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9583 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9584 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9590 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9591 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9593 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9594 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9596 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9600 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9601 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9603 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9605 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9606 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9607 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9608 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9609 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9611 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9612 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9614 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9615 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9616 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9617 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9619 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9625 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9626 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9629 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
9631 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9632 unsigned dimension_number
;
9635 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9637 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9638 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9639 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9640 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9641 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9642 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9643 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9644 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9646 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9647 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9648 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9649 gen_array_type_die. */
9650 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9651 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9652 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9653 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9656 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9658 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9659 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9661 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9664 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9665 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9666 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9668 /* Define the index type. */
9669 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9671 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9672 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9673 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9674 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9675 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9676 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9677 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9680 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9684 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9685 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9687 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9688 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9689 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9691 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9693 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9696 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9697 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9703 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
9707 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9715 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9716 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9719 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9720 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9721 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9722 even for bit-fields. */
9723 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9729 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9730 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9731 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9732 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9733 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9736 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9737 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9738 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9741 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9742 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9743 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9744 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9745 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9746 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9748 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9749 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9750 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9753 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9755 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9756 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9757 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9758 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9759 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9760 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9762 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9764 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9767 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9768 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9769 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9770 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9771 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9774 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9776 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9777 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9778 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9779 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9780 below must take account of these differences. */
9781 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9782 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9784 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9786 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9787 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9791 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9792 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9793 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9795 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9798 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9799 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9802 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9804 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9805 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9806 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9809 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9810 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9813 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9814 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9817 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
9819 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9820 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9821 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9824 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9825 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9829 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
9831 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9833 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9835 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9836 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9837 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9839 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9840 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9844 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9846 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9848 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9851 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9852 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9853 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9854 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9856 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9859 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9862 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9865 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
9867 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9869 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9871 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9872 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9873 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9874 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9877 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9878 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9879 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9880 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9884 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9887 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9889 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9891 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9892 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9895 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9896 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9899 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9903 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9904 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9906 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9907 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9908 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9910 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9911 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9912 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
9913 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9914 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
9915 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
9918 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9919 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9920 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9921 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
9923 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
9924 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9925 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9930 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9933 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
9935 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
9938 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9941 pop_decl_scope (void)
9943 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
9946 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
9949 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9950 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9951 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9952 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9953 the current active scope. */
9956 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
9958 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
9959 tree containing_scope
;
9962 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9966 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
9968 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9969 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
9970 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9972 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9973 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9974 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9975 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
9976 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9978 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
9979 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9980 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
9982 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9983 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9984 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9985 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
9986 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
9991 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
9992 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
9995 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
9996 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9999 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10002 scope_die
= context_die
;
10007 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10010 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10012 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10013 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10014 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10020 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10023 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10025 return (context_die
10026 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10027 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10030 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10031 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10032 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10035 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10036 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10038 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10039 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10041 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10042 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10043 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10044 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10045 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10046 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10047 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10049 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10050 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10051 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10052 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10053 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10056 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10057 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10058 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10061 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10062 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10065 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10066 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10067 was declared without a tag. */
10069 static const char *
10070 type_tag (tree type
)
10072 const char *name
= 0;
10074 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10078 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10079 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10080 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10082 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10083 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10085 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10086 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10087 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10089 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10091 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10094 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10097 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10098 for bit field types. */
10101 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10103 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10104 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10107 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10108 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10111 static const char *
10112 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10115 const char *fnname
;
10117 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10118 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10122 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10125 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10130 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10131 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10132 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10135 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10137 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10138 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10141 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10142 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10143 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10144 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10145 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10148 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10149 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10150 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10152 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10154 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10155 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10156 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10157 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10161 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10162 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10163 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10164 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10165 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10166 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10167 for multidimensional arrays. */
10168 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10171 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10172 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10173 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10174 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10175 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10178 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10180 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10181 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10183 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10184 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10185 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10186 add_subscript_info. */
10187 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10188 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10189 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10191 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10194 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10198 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10200 dw_die_ref type_die
10201 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10203 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10204 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10209 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10211 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10212 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10214 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10215 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10218 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10219 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10220 0, 0, context_die
);
10223 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10224 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10226 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10230 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10231 emit full debugging info for them. */
10234 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10238 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10239 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10242 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10245 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10247 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10249 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10250 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10251 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10254 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10257 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10259 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10261 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10262 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10263 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10266 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10269 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10271 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10273 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10274 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10275 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10278 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10279 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10280 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10284 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10286 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10288 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10290 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10291 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10292 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10293 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10295 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10298 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10300 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10301 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10302 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10303 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10307 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10308 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10309 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10310 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10312 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10313 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10314 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10315 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10317 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10318 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10320 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10322 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10323 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10325 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
),
10326 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link
)))))
10328 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10329 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10330 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10332 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10333 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 1));
10338 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10341 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10342 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10345 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10346 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10347 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10348 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10349 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10350 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10351 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10352 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10355 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10357 dw_die_ref parm_die
10358 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10361 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10364 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10365 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10366 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10369 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10370 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10371 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10372 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10374 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10375 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10378 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10379 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10380 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10385 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10386 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10396 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10397 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10400 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10402 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10405 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10406 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10407 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10408 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10411 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10414 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10415 tree first_parm_type
;
10418 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10420 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10421 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10426 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10428 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10429 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10430 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10432 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10434 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10435 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10438 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10439 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10440 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10441 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10442 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10443 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10445 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10447 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10450 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10451 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10452 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10453 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10455 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10456 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10457 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10458 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10459 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10460 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10463 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10464 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10465 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10466 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10467 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10470 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10472 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10474 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10475 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10476 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10477 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10479 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10482 push_decl_scope (type
);
10483 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10484 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10486 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10492 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10493 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10496 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10498 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10501 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10503 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10504 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10506 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10507 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10508 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10511 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10512 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10513 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10515 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10517 gen_type_die_for_member
10518 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10521 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10522 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10523 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10525 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10526 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10527 if (! was_abstract
)
10528 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10530 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10533 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10537 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10539 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10540 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10541 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10545 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10546 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10547 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10549 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10550 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10551 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10552 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10553 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10555 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10556 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10563 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10565 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10568 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10569 inline function. */
10570 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10571 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10573 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10574 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10578 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10580 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10581 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10582 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10583 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10584 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10586 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10587 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10588 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10589 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10590 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10596 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10597 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10598 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10599 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10600 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10601 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10602 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10603 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10604 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10605 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10606 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10607 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10609 subr_die
= old_die
;
10611 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10612 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10613 remove_children (subr_die
);
10617 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10618 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10619 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10620 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10621 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10622 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10624 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10629 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10631 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10632 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10634 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10635 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10637 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10638 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10639 0, 0, context_die
);
10642 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10643 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10644 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10646 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10647 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10648 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10649 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10654 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10656 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10658 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10659 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10660 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10661 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10662 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10663 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10666 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10668 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
10670 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10671 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10672 We can't get this completely correct because information
10673 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10675 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
10676 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10678 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10681 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10683 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10685 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10687 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10688 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10691 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10692 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10693 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10694 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10695 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10697 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10698 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10700 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10701 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10702 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10705 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10706 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10707 variables is relative to one of them. */
10709 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10710 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10713 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10714 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10715 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10716 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10717 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10721 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10722 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10723 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10724 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10725 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10726 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10727 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10728 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10729 an ellipsis at the end. */
10731 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10732 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10733 its formal parameters. */
10734 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10736 else if (declaration
)
10737 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10740 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10741 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10744 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10745 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10746 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10747 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10749 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10750 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10751 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10752 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10754 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10757 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10758 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10759 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10760 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10761 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10762 parameters at all. */
10763 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10764 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10766 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10767 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10768 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10770 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10771 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10774 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10775 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10776 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10778 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10779 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10780 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10781 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10782 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10783 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10784 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10786 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10787 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10788 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10789 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10790 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10791 constructor function. */
10792 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10794 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10795 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10797 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10798 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10800 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10801 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10803 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10804 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10811 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10814 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10816 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10817 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10819 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10820 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10821 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10823 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10824 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10826 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10827 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10829 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10830 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10833 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10834 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10835 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10837 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10838 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10839 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10841 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10843 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10844 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10846 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10847 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10849 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10850 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10855 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10856 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10857 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10859 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10860 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10862 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10863 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10865 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10866 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10867 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10868 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10872 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10874 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10875 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10877 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10879 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10880 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10883 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10886 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10889 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10891 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10892 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10894 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10896 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10897 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10899 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10901 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10902 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
10905 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10907 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10908 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
10909 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10910 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
10911 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
10912 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
10914 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10915 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10916 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10917 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10918 it if it ever does happen. */
10919 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
10922 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
10923 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10928 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10931 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
10933 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
10934 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10936 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10938 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
10942 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
10944 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
10947 add_ranges (chain
);
10948 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
10955 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10956 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10957 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10958 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10959 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10960 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10964 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
10967 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10970 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
10972 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
10974 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
10975 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
10976 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
10977 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
10978 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
10980 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10982 dw_die_ref subr_die
10983 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
10984 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10986 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10987 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10988 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10989 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10990 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10991 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10992 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10993 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
10994 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
10997 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
10998 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
10999 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11000 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11001 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11002 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11003 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11004 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11005 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11006 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11007 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11009 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11012 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11015 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11017 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11019 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11022 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11023 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11024 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11025 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11028 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11030 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11031 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11032 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11035 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11036 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11038 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11039 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11041 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11042 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11043 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11044 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11048 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11049 Use modified_type_die instead.
11050 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11051 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11054 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11057 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11059 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11060 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11061 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11064 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11065 Use modified_type_die instead.
11066 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11067 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11070 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11073 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11075 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11076 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11077 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11081 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11084 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11087 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11088 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11090 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11091 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11092 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11093 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11096 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11099 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11102 char producer
[250];
11103 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11106 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11110 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11111 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11112 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11113 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11116 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11118 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11119 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11120 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11121 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11122 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11123 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11124 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11125 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11126 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11129 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11131 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11132 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11133 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11134 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11135 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11136 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11137 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11138 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11139 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11140 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11142 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11144 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11148 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11151 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11153 dw_die_ref type_die
11154 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11156 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11158 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11159 TODO: add string length info. */
11161 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11162 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11166 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11169 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11171 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11173 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11174 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11176 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11177 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11179 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11180 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11181 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11182 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11185 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11188 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11191 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11194 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11195 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11196 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11197 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11198 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11199 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11200 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11201 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11202 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11203 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11204 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11206 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11207 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11209 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11210 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11211 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11214 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11215 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11216 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11217 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11220 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11221 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11223 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11224 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11225 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11226 do put them in the right order. */
11228 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11230 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11232 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11235 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11236 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11238 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11239 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11242 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11244 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11246 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11250 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11251 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11252 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11255 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11257 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11258 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11260 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11261 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11262 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11264 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11267 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11268 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11271 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11273 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11274 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11276 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11278 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11279 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11281 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11283 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11285 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11288 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11290 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11291 then give a list of members. */
11294 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11295 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11296 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11297 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11298 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11299 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11301 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11302 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11303 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11304 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11306 push_decl_scope (type
);
11307 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11310 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11311 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11313 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11315 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11316 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11317 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11322 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11324 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11325 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11326 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11327 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11331 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11334 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11336 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11337 dw_die_ref subr_die
11338 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11339 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11341 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11342 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11343 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11344 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11347 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11350 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11352 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11355 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11358 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11359 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11360 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11361 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11362 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11367 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11368 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11370 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11372 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11375 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11378 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11380 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11381 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11384 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11385 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11388 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11391 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11395 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11398 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11399 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11401 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11404 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11405 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11408 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11409 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11413 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11414 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11415 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11416 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11417 cloned type itself). */
11418 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11419 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11421 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11424 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11430 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11431 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11432 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11433 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11434 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11436 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11438 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11439 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11440 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11444 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11445 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11446 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11448 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11449 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11451 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11453 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11457 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11458 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11462 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11463 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11466 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11467 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11468 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11469 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11473 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11474 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11475 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11479 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11481 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11482 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11485 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11489 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11492 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11495 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11496 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11497 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11498 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11499 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11500 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11501 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11502 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11503 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11504 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11506 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11508 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11511 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11512 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11513 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11519 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11520 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11522 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11527 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11528 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11529 when appropriate. */
11538 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11542 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11549 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11552 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11555 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11557 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11560 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11561 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11562 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11564 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11567 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11568 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11570 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11575 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11576 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11580 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11584 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11585 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11593 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11594 things which are local to the given block. */
11597 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11599 int must_output_die
= 0;
11602 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11604 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11605 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11606 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11609 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11610 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11611 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11612 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11616 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11617 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11622 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11623 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11624 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11625 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11626 the current block. */
11627 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11628 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11630 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11632 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11633 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11634 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11635 must_output_die
= 1;
11638 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11639 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11640 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11641 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11642 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11643 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11644 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11645 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11647 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11648 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11649 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11650 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11651 as being a "significant" one. */
11652 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11654 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11655 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11656 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11657 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11658 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11659 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11661 must_output_die
= 1;
11667 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11668 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11669 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11670 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11671 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11672 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11673 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11674 if (must_output_die
)
11676 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11677 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11679 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11682 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11685 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11686 all of its sub-blocks. */
11689 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11694 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11695 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11698 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11699 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11700 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11701 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11702 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11706 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11707 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11708 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11709 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11713 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11714 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11716 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11719 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11720 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11723 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11724 therein) of this block. */
11725 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11727 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11728 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11731 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11734 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
11736 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11739 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11740 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11741 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11742 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11743 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11744 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11750 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11753 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11757 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11760 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11766 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11767 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11770 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11771 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11772 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11773 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11774 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11777 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11778 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11779 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11781 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11782 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11783 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11784 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
11785 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11786 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11787 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11788 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11790 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11791 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11794 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11795 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11797 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11798 have described its return type. */
11799 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11801 /* And its virtual context. */
11802 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11803 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
11805 /* And its containing type. */
11806 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11807 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11808 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11811 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11812 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11816 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11817 actual typedefs. */
11818 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11821 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11822 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11823 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11824 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11825 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11826 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11827 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11829 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11833 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
11834 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11836 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11837 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
11841 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11842 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
11846 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11847 variable declarations or definitions. */
11848 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11851 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11853 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11855 /* And its containing type. */
11856 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11857 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11858 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11860 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11861 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11862 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11864 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11865 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
11866 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11868 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
11872 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
11873 anonymous unions. */
11874 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
11875 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
11877 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
11878 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
11883 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11884 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11887 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
11888 /* Ignore for now. */
11892 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
11893 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
11899 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11902 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
11904 unsigned int file_index
;
11906 if (filename
!= NULL
)
11908 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11909 tree context_list_decl
11910 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
11913 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
11914 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
11915 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11916 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11917 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
11921 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11922 compilation proper has finished. */
11925 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
11927 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11928 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
11929 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
11930 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11931 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11932 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11935 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11938 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
11940 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11942 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11947 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11948 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11949 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11950 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11951 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
11954 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11955 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11956 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11957 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11958 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11959 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11960 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11961 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11962 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11963 with the definition of the function.
11965 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
11966 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
11967 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
11968 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
11969 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
11970 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
11971 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
11972 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
11973 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
11974 that they *are* definitions).
11976 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
11977 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
11978 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
11979 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
11980 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11981 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11984 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11985 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11986 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11987 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
11988 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
11989 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11990 context_die
= NULL
;
11994 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11995 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11996 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
11997 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
11998 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
11999 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12000 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12001 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12002 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12005 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12006 variable declarations or definitions. */
12007 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12012 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12013 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12016 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12017 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12018 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12020 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12021 comparisons have. */
12022 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12023 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12024 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12025 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12026 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12031 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12032 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12035 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12036 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12037 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12038 context_die
= NULL
;
12046 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12049 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12050 a lexical block. */
12053 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12054 unsigned int blocknum
)
12056 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12057 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12060 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12064 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12066 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12067 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12070 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12071 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12073 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12074 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12075 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12078 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12082 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12083 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12084 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12090 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12091 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12092 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12093 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12094 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12095 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12096 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12097 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12098 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12102 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12105 char *save_file_name
;
12107 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12108 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12109 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12112 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12113 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12114 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12117 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12118 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12119 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12120 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12122 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12126 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12127 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12128 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12129 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12130 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12136 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12138 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12140 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12142 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12143 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12144 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12145 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12146 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12147 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12149 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12156 init_file_table (void)
12158 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12159 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12160 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12162 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12163 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12164 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12165 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12168 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12169 and record information relating to this source line, in
12170 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12173 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12175 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12178 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12180 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12181 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12182 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12185 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12187 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12189 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12191 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12192 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12194 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12195 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12197 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12198 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12199 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12201 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12203 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12204 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12205 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12207 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12208 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12209 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12211 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12212 separate_line_info_table
12213 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12214 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12215 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12216 memset (separate_line_info_table
12217 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
12219 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12220 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12223 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12225 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12226 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12227 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12228 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12232 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12234 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12235 line_info_table_in_use
);
12237 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12238 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12240 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12242 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12243 (line_info_table_allocated
12244 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12245 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12246 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12249 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12250 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12251 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12252 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12257 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12260 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12262 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& !is_main_source
)
12264 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12265 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12267 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12268 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12271 is_main_source
= 0;
12273 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12275 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12276 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12277 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12279 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12280 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12281 "Filename we just started");
12285 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12288 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12290 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12291 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12292 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12294 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12296 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12297 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12301 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12302 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12303 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12306 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12307 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12309 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12311 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12312 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12313 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12314 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12318 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12319 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12320 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12323 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12324 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12326 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12328 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12330 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12331 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12335 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12338 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12340 init_file_table ();
12342 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12343 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12344 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12345 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12346 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12348 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12349 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12351 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12352 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12353 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12354 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12355 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12356 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12358 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12359 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12360 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12361 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12363 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12364 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12366 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12367 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12368 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12369 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12370 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12371 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12372 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12373 is_main_source
= 1;
12375 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12377 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12379 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12380 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12381 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12382 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12383 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12385 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12387 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12388 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12389 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12390 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12391 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12392 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12393 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12394 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12395 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12396 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12397 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12398 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12400 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12402 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12403 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12404 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12405 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12408 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12411 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12415 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12416 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12419 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12421 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12423 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12425 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12426 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12427 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12435 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12436 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12439 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
12443 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12444 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12448 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12449 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12452 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
12456 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12458 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12460 /* A reference to another DIE.
12461 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12462 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12464 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12466 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12467 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12468 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12474 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12475 to DIE's children. */
12478 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
12482 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12484 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12487 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12488 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12489 if (die
->die_parent
)
12490 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12492 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12493 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12496 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12498 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12499 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12503 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12505 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12506 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12507 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12508 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12510 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12516 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12519 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
12523 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12527 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12528 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12529 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12530 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12531 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12532 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12533 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12534 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12535 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12536 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12537 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12538 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12539 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12540 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12541 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12542 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12543 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12544 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12545 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12546 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12547 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12551 /* Mark everything else. */
12557 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12558 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12560 /* Mark children. */
12561 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12562 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12566 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12569 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
12571 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12572 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12576 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12581 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12589 die
->die_child
= n
;
12596 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12599 prune_unused_types (void)
12602 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12604 /* Clear all the marks. */
12605 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12606 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12607 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12609 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12610 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12611 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12612 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12614 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12615 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12616 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12617 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12618 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12619 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12621 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12622 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12623 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12624 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12626 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12627 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12628 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12629 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12632 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12633 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12636 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
12638 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12639 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12641 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12642 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12643 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
12644 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12645 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12646 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
12649 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
12650 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12651 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12652 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
12654 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12659 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12660 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12661 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12662 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12664 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12666 next_node
= node
->next
;
12669 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12671 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12675 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12676 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12678 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12679 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12680 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12681 else if (node
->created_for
12682 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12683 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12685 (node
->created_for
)))))
12686 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12687 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12688 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12689 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12690 else if (node
->created_for
12691 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12692 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12693 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12694 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12695 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12697 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12698 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12699 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12700 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12701 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12702 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12705 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12712 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12714 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12715 emit full debugging info for them. */
12716 retry_incomplete_types ();
12718 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12719 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12720 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12722 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
12723 prune_unused_types ();
12725 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12726 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12727 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12728 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12730 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12731 that have children. */
12732 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12733 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12734 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12736 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12738 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12740 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12741 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12742 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12743 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12744 examining the file. */
12745 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12747 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12748 output_line_info ();
12751 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12752 if (have_location_lists
)
12754 /* Output the location lists info. */
12755 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12756 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12757 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12758 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12759 output_location_lists (die
);
12760 have_location_lists
= 0;
12763 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12765 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12767 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12768 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12771 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12772 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12773 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12774 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12776 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12777 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12778 debug_line_section_label
);
12780 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12781 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12783 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12784 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12785 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12786 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
12788 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
12790 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12791 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12792 output_abbrev_section ();
12794 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12795 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12797 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12798 output_pubnames ();
12801 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12802 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12803 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12805 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12809 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12810 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12812 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12813 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12817 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12818 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12820 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
12825 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12827 if (debug_str_hash
)
12828 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
12832 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
12833 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
12835 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12837 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"